You are on page 1of 365

CULVERTCD1EAST

Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program


Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Emin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "Double 9 x7 under 1' fill" = newProject "XX" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "XX" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "XX" :=
Comment "Two Cell, 28.3 deg" =
newComment "XX" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
9ft = newW
c
XX ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
7ft = newH
c
XX ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
10in = newT
t
XX in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
10in = newT
b
XX in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
10in = newT
w
XX in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
10in = newT
i
XX in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
34ft = newL
c
XX ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 2 = newNoOfCells XX :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 1.83ft = newDepth XX ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
right extension
:=
Extension 2 =
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
XX in :=
H
hw
1 10
5

36
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
XX in :=
newB
hw.left
XX in :=
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
XX deg
XX deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
10ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
10
10
=

i
deg
118.3
61.7
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
2
3
= L
ww.default
0
0
21
22
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
8.74
8.74
18.43
18.43
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
0
0
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
0
0
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
21
22
=
H
end
i
ft
10
10
=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new XX deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
XX
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
XX
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9 x7 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
34ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 1.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 126ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
9.47 4.8 22.81 0.32 18.61 8.58 4.95 14.76 0.14 10.77
7.14 -0.3 9.68 4.53 0 4.24 0 -1.8 0 0
0.88 0 0 0 0 7.14 -0.3 11.76 3.49 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
5.51 2.13 12.26 0 9.76 4.95 2.25 8.25 0 6.94
4.32 0.47 5.39 0.68 0 2.64 0 -2.07 0 0
0.5 0 0 0 0 4.32 0.47 7.56 2.64 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
1
= iw
1
=
left
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
1 10
5

36
|

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
9ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
10in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness
T
w
10in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
0
36.19
0
23.35
0
68.98
0
67.93
0
44.3
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
21.6
0
14.92
0
43.06
0
40.24
0
26.88
|

\
|
|
.
=
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
0
36.19
0
23.35
0
62.5
0
64.55
0
44.3
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
21.6
0
14.92
0
38.92
0
38.24
0
26.88
|

\
|
|
.
=
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9 x7 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
34ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 1.833ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 126ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
XX :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
XX in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
XX :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
5
5
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
XX in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
XX := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
8
8
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
XX in :=
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
XX := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
7
7
7
7
7
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
XX in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "Double 9 x7 under 1' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
XX in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
XX in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
XX := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
XX := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
XX := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
XX in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.00
0.25
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0
0.28
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
1
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
1 10
5

36
|

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
XX := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
0
0
7
7
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
XX := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
XX := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
XX in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.00
0.17
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0
0.16
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
int.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9 x7 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
2
3
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

0
0
118.3
61.7
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
0
0
21
22
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
2
3
=
R
t
i
in
24
24
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
5
5
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
24 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
60 in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
0
0
21
22
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0
0
0.76
0.76
0
0
0.91
0.91
0
0
0.99
0.99
0
0
0.67
0.67
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
XX := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
6 in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
XX := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
0
0
11
11
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
11 in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
XX := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
XX in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
XX := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
0
0
11
11
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
11 in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
XX := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
XX in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
XX := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
XX in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9 x7 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
34ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 1.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 126ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
5
5
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
8
8
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 5 0 8 8 8 5 0 5 0 5 4 4 0 5 8 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 7 10 10 10 10 7 8 7 8 7 8 8 10 7 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.53 0.3 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.53 0.2 0.53 0.2 0.53 0.3 0.3 ...
in
2
=
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 2.05 3.03 1.62 16.38 2.02 2.63 1.97 2.02 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.01 =
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 2.66 3.93 2.1 21.23 2.62 3.41 2.56 2.63 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.31 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 2.2 2.13 1.37 8.24 1.7 2.84 1.39 1.77 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.02 =
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
2.37
2.37
3.5
"Rating Factor"
1.37
1.78
1.21
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
72.44
"Location (see below)"
13
13
13
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
4.4
4.4
5.64
"Rating Factor"
1.01
1.31
1.02
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
61.43
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"Weight(tons)"
"NA"
"Rating Factor"
1.01
"Governing Mode"
"Shear"
"Location (see below)"
18
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
1ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
1ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
5.33ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
9.67ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
9.67ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD1WEST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Wmin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "Double 9x7 under 3' fill" = newProject "Double 9x7 under 3' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "XX" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "XX" :=
Comment "Two Cell, 28.3 deg" =
newComment "XX" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
9ft = newW
c
XX ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
7ft = newH
c
XX ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
10in = newT
t
XX in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
10in = newT
b
XX in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
10in = newT
w
XX in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
10in = newT
i
XX in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
34ft = newL
c
XX ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 2 = newNoOfCells XX :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 3.83ft = newDepth 3.833 ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
left extension
:=
Extension 1 =
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
36 in :=
H
hw
36
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
XX in :=
newB
hw.left
12 in :=
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
XX deg
XX deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 3ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
10ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
61.7 deg
118.3 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
10
10
=

i
deg
61.7
118.3
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
0
1
= L
ww.default
22
21
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
18.43
18.43
8.74
8.74
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
10
10
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
10
10
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
22
21
=
H
end
i
ft
10
10
=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new XX deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
XX
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
XX
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/21/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9x7 under 3' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
34ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 3.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 126ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
9.35 1.73 22.56 -1.15 15.87 8.7 1.88 13.43 -1.76 9.8
7.72 1.5 9.22 0.52 0 4.75 0 -3.01 0 0
0.74 0 0 0 0 7.72 1.5 10.52 4.66 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
5.58 0.43 12.79 0 9.14 5.22 0.56 7.65 0 6.33
4.89 1.65 5.67 0.68 0 2.97 0 -2.42 0 0
0.42 0 0 0 0 4.89 1.65 6.22 3.68 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
0
= iw
0
=
left
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
36
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
9ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
10in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness
T
w
10in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 3ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
36.21 23.39 69.08 67.94 44.34 ( ) = Service
hw
21.61 14.94 43.14 40.24 26.91 ( ) =
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
36.21 23.39 62.58 64.56 44.34 ( ) = Service
hw
21.61 14.94 38.99 38.24 26.91 ( ) =
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9x7 under 3' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
34ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 3.833ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 126ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
XX :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
9
9
9
9
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
9 in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
XX :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
5
5
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
XX in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
XX := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
8
8
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
XX in :=
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
XX := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
7
7
7
7
7
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
XX in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "Double 9x7 under 3' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
12 in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
22in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
6 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.24 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0.31 ( ) = CheckCracking
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
0
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
28.3
28.3
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
36
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
6 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.24 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0.22 ( ) =
CheckV
int.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9x7 under 3' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
0
1
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

61.7
118.3
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
22
21
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
10
10
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
10
10
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
0
1
=
R
t
i
in
24
24
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
5
5
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
XX in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
24 in
24 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12 in
12 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
60 in
60 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
10 in
10 in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
XX in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
22
21
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
10
10
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
10
10
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0.76
0.76
0.91
0.91
0.99
0.99
0.67
0.67
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
6 in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
11
11
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
11 in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12 in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
5 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
11
11
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
11 in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12 in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12 in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/21/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD1\CD1Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Project "Double 9x7 under 3' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
7ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
34ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 2 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 3.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 126ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
30000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD1.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
5
5
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
9
9
9
9
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
8
8
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 5 0 8 8 8 5 0 5 0 5 4 4 0 5 8 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 7 9 9 9 9 7 8 7 8 7 8 8 9 7 9 9 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.53 0.33 1.05 1.05 1.05 0.53 0.2 0.53 0.2 0.53 0.3 0.3 ...
in
2
=
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 2.26 5.74 1.98 96.03 2.83 2.99 4.06 2.55 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.49 =
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 2.93 7.45 2.56 124.48 3.67 3.88 5.27 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.93 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 2.4 3.92 1.65 34.5 2.51 3.19 2.77 2.1 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.36 =
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
1.29
1.29
1.99
"Rating Factor"
1.73
2.24
1.45
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
86.78
"Location (see below)"
13
13
13
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
1.68
1.68
2.38
"Rating Factor"
1.49
1.93
1.36
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
81.8
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
81.8
"Rating Factor"
1.36
"Governing Mode"
"Shear"
"Location (see below)"
18
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
1ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
1ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
5.33ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
9.67ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
9.67ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/21/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD3EAST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Emin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" = newProject "4 x 4 under 1' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "XX" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "XX" :=
Comment "Once Cell 0.6 deg" =
newComment "Once Cell 0.6 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
4ft = newW
c
4 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
10in = newT
t
10in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
10in = newT
b
10in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
8 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
8 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
19ft = newL
c
19 ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells 1 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 1.83ft = newDepth 1.833 ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
right extension
:=
Extension 2 =
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
XX in :=
H
hw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
22in :=
newB
hw.left
XX in :=
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
0.6 deg
0.6 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
5.83ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
90.6 deg
89.4 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=

i
deg
90.6
89.4
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
2
3
= L
ww.default
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
0.19
0.19
18.43
18.43
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
0
0
5.83
5.83
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
5.83 ft
5.83 ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
14
=
H
end
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new XX deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
XX
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
19ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 1.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
2.18 -0.04 2.18 -0.04 11.96 1.65 -0.04 3.07 -0.32 3.39
9.52 0.36 9.52 0.36 0 1.37 0 -1.63 0 0
-0.33 0 -0.33 0 0 9.52 0.36 14.74 0.97 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
1.17 0 1.17 0 5.73 0.83 0 1.64 0 1.76
4.63 0.58 4.63 0.58 0 1.05 0 -1.15 0 0
-0.15 0 -0.15 0 0 4.63 0.58 6.01 1.07 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
1
= iw
1
=
left
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
4ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
0
26.48
0
19.19
0
9.42 10
15

0
30.91
0
26.52
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
15.36
0
11.2
0
5.41 10
15

0
17.93
0
15.39
|

\
|
|
.
=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
0
26.48
0
19.19
0
4.27
0
27.97
0
26.52
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
15.36
0
11.2
0
2.49
0
16.23
0
15.39
|

\
|
|
.
=
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
19ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 1.833ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
12in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
4 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
9 in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
XX := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. := index for longitudinal sections
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
XX := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
10
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
10in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
XX in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
XX in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
XX := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
XX := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
XX in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.00
0.10
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0
0.04
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
1
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
5 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
XX := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
XX := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
XX in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.00
0.30
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
int.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
2
3
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

0
0
90.6
89.4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
5.833
5.833
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
5.83
5.83
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
2
3
=
R
t
i
in
8
8
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
2.5
2.5
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
8 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
30 in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
5.833
5.833
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
5.83
5.83
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0
0
0.7
0.7
0
0
0.78
0.78
0
0
0.86
0.86
0
0
0.56
0.56
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
XX := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
XX := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
XX := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
XX := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
XX in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
XX := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
XX in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
19ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 1.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 4 0 6 6 6 4 0 4 0 4 4 4 0 4 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 9 12 12 12 12 9 12 9 12 9 12 12 12 9 12 12 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.27 0.15 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.27 0.13 0.27 0.13 0.27 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.3 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.56 8.29 "NA" 5.7 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.36 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 6.87 "NA" "NA" "NA" 2.02 10.75 "NA" 7.4 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.76 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.73 71.73 "NA" "NA" 1.24 7.25 51.77 4.8 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.08 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
7.71
7.71
12.54
"Rating Factor"
1.56
2.02
1.24
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
74.39
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
13.13
13.13
21.46
"Rating Factor"
1.36
1.76
1.08
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
64.78
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
64.78
"Rating Factor"
1.08
"Governing Mode"
"Shear"
"Location (see below)"
18
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
2.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
4.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
4.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD3WEST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Wmin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" = newProject "4 x 4 under 1' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "XX" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "XX" :=
Comment "Once Cell 0.6 deg" =
newComment "Once Cell 0.6 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
4ft = newW
c
4 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
10in = newT
t
10in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
10in = newT
b
10in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
8 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
8 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
13ft = newL
c
13 ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells 1 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 1.83ft = newDepth 1.83ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
left extension
:=
Extension 1 =
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
22 in :=
H
hw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
XX in :=
newB
hw.left
12 in :=
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
0.6 deg
0.6 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
2
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
5.83ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
89.4 deg
90.6 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=

i
deg
89.4
90.6
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
0
1
= L
ww.default
14
14
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
26.57
26.57
0.28
0.28
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
5.83
5.83
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
5.83 ft
5.83 ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
14
=
H
end
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new XX deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
XX
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
13ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 1.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
2.18 -0.04 2.18 -0.04 11.96 1.65 -0.04 3.07 -0.32 3.39
9.52 0.36 9.52 0.36 0 1.37 0 -1.63 0 0
-0.33 0 -0.33 0 0 9.52 0.36 14.74 0.97 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
1.17 0 1.17 0 5.73 0.83 0 1.64 0 1.76
4.63 0.58 4.63 0.58 0 1.05 0 -1.15 0 0
-0.15 0 -0.15 0 0 4.63 0.58 6.01 1.06 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
0
= iw
0
=
left
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
4ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
26.48 19.19 9.42 10
15
30.91 26.52
( )
= Service
hw
15.36 11.2 5.41 10
15
17.93 15.39
( )
=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
26.48 19.19 4.27 27.97 26.52 ( ) = Service
hw
15.36 11.2 2.49 16.23 15.39 ( ) =
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
13ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 1.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
12in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
4 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
9 in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
XX := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
XX := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
10
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
10in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
12 in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
22 in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.10 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0.04 ( ) = CheckCracking
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
0
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
0.6
0.6
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
5 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.30 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0 ( ) =
CheckV
int.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
0
1
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

89.4
90.6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
14
14
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
5.833
5.833
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
5.83
5.83
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
0
1
=
R
t
i
in
8
8
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
2.75
2.75
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
26.57
26.57
=
newR
t
8 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
8 in
8 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12 in
12 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
33in
33in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
10 in
10 in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
30 in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
14
14
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
5.833
5.833
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
5.83
5.83
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0.84
0.84
0.87
0.87
0.97
0.97
0.62
0.62
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD3\CD3Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Project "4 x 4 under 1' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
13ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 1.83ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD3.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 4 0 6 6 6 4 0 4 0 4 4 4 0 4 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 9 12 12 12 12 9 12 9 12 9 12 12 12 9 12 12 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.27 0.15 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.27 0.13 0.27 0.13 0.27 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.3 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.56 8.29 "NA" 5.7 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.36 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 6.87 "NA" "NA" "NA" 2.02 10.75 "NA" 7.4 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.76 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.73 71.72 "NA" "NA" 1.24 7.25 51.76 4.8 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.08 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
7.71
7.71
12.55
"Rating Factor"
1.56
2.02
1.24
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
74.4
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
13.15
13.15
21.49
"Rating Factor"
1.36
1.76
1.08
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
64.77
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
64.77
"Rating Factor"
1.08
"Governing Mode"
"Shear"
"Location (see below)"
18
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
2.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
4.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
4.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD4EAST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Emin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" = newProject "4x4 under 1.25' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "One Cell, 9deg " =
newComment "One Cell, 9deg " :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
4ft = newW
c
4 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
10in = newT
t
10 in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
10in = newT
b
10 in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
XX in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
XX in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
17ft = newL
c
17 ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells XX :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 2.08ft = newDepth 2.083 ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
right extension
:=
Extension 2 =
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
XX in :=
H
hw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
22 in :=
newB
hw.left
XX in :=
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
12 in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
9 deg
9 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1.25ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
5.83ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
81 deg
99 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=

i
deg
81
99
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
2
3
= L
ww.default
0
0
18
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
2.88
2.88
18.43
18.43
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
0
0
5.83
5.83
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
5.83 ft
5.83 ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
18
14
=
H
end
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
17ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.08ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
2.2 -0.04 2.2 -0.04 11.95 1.68 -0.04 3.09 -0.32 3.39
9.55 0.36 9.55 0.36 0 1.42 0 -1.68 0 0
-0.33 0 -0.33 0 0 9.55 0.36 14.74 0.97 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
1.18 0 1.18 0 5.75 0.85 0 1.66 0 1.76
4.67 0.66 4.67 0.66 0 1.08 0 -1.18 0 0
-0.14 0 -0.14 0 0 4.67 0.66 6.04 1.14 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
1
= iw
1
=
left
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
4ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1.25ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
0
26.61
0
19.25
0
6.31 10
15

0
31.4
0
26.63
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
15.45
0
11.24
0
3.63 10
15

0
18.23
0
15.46
|

\
|
|
.
=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
0
26.61
0
19.25
0
4.28
0
28.45
0
26.63
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
15.45
0
11.24
0
2.5
0
16.51
0
15.46
|

\
|
|
.
=
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
17ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 2.083ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
5 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
5
5
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
10in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
4 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
12in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
XX in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
12 in :=
B
cw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
XX in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
22 in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.00
0.12
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0
0.05
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
1
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
1 10
5

22
|

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
5 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
XX := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.00
0.30
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
int.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
2
3
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

0
0
81
99
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
0
0
18
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
5.833
5.833
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
5.83
5.83
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
2
3
=
R
t
i
in
9
9
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
2.25
2.25
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
XX in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
9 in
9 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12in
12in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
27in
27in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
XX in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
0
0
18
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
5.833
5.833
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
5.83
5.83
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0
0
0.74
0.74
0
0
0.78
0.78
0
0
0.86
0.86
0
0
0.56
0.56
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
17ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.08ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
5
5
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 4 0 5 5 5 4 0 4 0 4 4 4 0 4 5 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 12 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.2 0.15 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.2 0.13 0.2 0.13 0.2 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.93 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.32 7.49 "NA" 4.98 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.32 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.09 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.71 9.72 "NA" 6.46 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.71 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.5 73.8 "NA" "NA" 1.05 6.15 52.73 4.19 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.05 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
7
7
11.39
"Rating Factor"
1.32
1.71
1.05
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
63.15
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
11.52
11.52
18.83
"Rating Factor"
1.38
1.79
1.1
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
65.84
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
63.15
"Rating Factor"
1.05
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
4
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
2.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
4.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
4.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD4WEST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Wmin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" = newProject "4x4 under 1.25' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "One Cell, 9deg " =
newComment "One Cell, 9deg " :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
4ft = newW
c
4 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
10in = newT
t
10 in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
10in = newT
b
10 in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
XX in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
XX in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
43ft = newL
c
43 ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells XX :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 2.08ft = newDepth 2.083 ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
left extension
:=
Extension 1 =
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
22 in :=
H
hw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
XX in :=
newB
hw.left
12 in :=
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
9 deg
9 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1.25ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
5.83ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
99 deg
81 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=

i
deg
99
81
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
0
1
= L
ww.default
14
18
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
18.43
18.43
2.88
2.88
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
5.83
5.83
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
5.83 ft
5.83 ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
18
=
H
end
i
ft
5.83
5.83
=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
43ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.08ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
2.2 -0.04 2.2 -0.04 11.95 1.68 -0.04 3.09 -0.32 3.39
9.55 0.36 9.55 0.36 0 1.42 0 -1.68 0 0
-0.33 0 -0.33 0 0 9.55 0.36 14.74 0.97 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
1.18 0 1.18 0 5.75 0.85 0 1.66 0 1.76
4.67 0.66 4.67 0.66 0 1.08 0 -1.18 0 0
-0.14 0 -0.14 0 0 4.67 0.66 6.04 1.14 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
0
= iw
0
=
left
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
4ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1.25ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
26.61 19.25 6.31 10
15
31.4 26.63
( )
= Service
hw
15.45 11.24 3.63 10
15
18.23 15.46
( )
=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
26.61 19.25 4.28 28.45 26.63 ( ) = Service
hw
15.45 11.24 2.5 16.51 15.46 ( ) =
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
43ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 2.083ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
5 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
5
5
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
10in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
4 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
12in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
12in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
22 in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.12 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0.05 ( ) = CheckCracking
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
0
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
22
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
5 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.30 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0 ( ) =
CheckV
int.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
0
1
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

99
81
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
14
18
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
5.833
5.833
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
5.83
5.83
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
0
1
=
R
t
i
in
8
8
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
2.25
2.25
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
XX in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
8 in
8 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12in
12in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
27in
27in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
XX in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
14
18
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
5.833
5.833
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
5.83
5.83
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0.79
0.79
0.83
0.83
0.91
0.91
0.59
0.59
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD4\CD4Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Project "4x4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
4ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
10in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
10in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
43ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.08ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 16ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
35000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD4.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
5
5
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 4 0 5 5 5 4 0 4 0 4 4 4 0 4 5 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 12 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.2 0.15 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.2 0.13 0.2 0.13 0.2 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.93 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.32 7.49 "NA" 4.98 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.32 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.09 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.71 9.72 "NA" 6.46 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.71 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.5 73.8 "NA" "NA" 1.05 6.15 52.73 4.19 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.05 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
7
7
11.39
"Rating Factor"
1.32
1.71
1.05
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
63.15
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
11.52
11.52
18.83
"Rating Factor"
1.38
1.79
1.1
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
65.84
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
63.15
"Rating Factor"
1.05
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
4
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
2.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
4.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
4.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD7EAST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Emin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 1.5' fill" = newProject "Triple 10 x 3 under 1.5' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "Three Cell 30.8 deg" =
newComment "Three Cell 30.8 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
10ft = newW
c
10ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
3ft = newH
c
3 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
12in = newT
t
12in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
12in = newT
b
12in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
10in = newT
w
10 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
10in = newT
i
10 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
31ft = newL
c
31ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 3 = newNoOfCells 3 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 2.5ft = newDepth 2.5ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
right extension
:=
Extension 2 =
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
XX in :=
H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
24in :=
newB
hw.left
XX in :=
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
12 in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
30.8 deg
30.8 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1.5ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
5ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
120.8 deg
59.2 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
5
5
=

i
deg
120.8
59.2
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
2
3
= L
ww.default
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
9.44
9.44
18.43
18.43
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
12
12
=
H
end
i
ft
5
5
=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/24/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 1.5' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
10ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
31ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.5ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 90ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
9.29 2.43 22.39 1.42 18.68 9.25 2.43 16.61 0.69 13.19
6.1 10.04 8.71 3.09 0 2.02 0 -6.07 0 0
2.07 0 0 0 0 6.04 10.04 10.67 3.37 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
5.46 1.1 13.74 0 9.81 5.46 1.11 9.52 0 8.1
3.86 1.36 5.51 2.47 0 1.02 0 1.6 0 0
1.18 0 0 0 0 3.82 1.36 6.92 2.84 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
1
= iw
1
=
left
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
10ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
10in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness
T
w
10in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1.5ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
0
43.7
0
23.57
0
74.26
0
81.43
0
44.87
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
26.37
0
14.87
0
45.48
0
48.46
0
27.04
|

\
|
|
.
=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
0
43.7
0
23.57
0
67.71
0
77.85
0
44.87
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
26.37
0
14.87
0
41.35
0
46.33
0
27.04
|

\
|
|
.
=
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 1.5' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
10ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
31ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 2.5ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 90ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
8 in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
6 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
9 in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
7 in :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. := index for longitudinal sections
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
11
11
11
11
11
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
11in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 1.5' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw 1 ( ) =
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
XX in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
XX in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
6 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.00
0.21
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0
0.35
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
1
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
7 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
0
0
7
7
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.00
0.42
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0
0.31
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
int.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 1.5' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
2
3
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

0
0
120.8
59.2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
2
3
=
R
t
i
in
8
8
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
1.75
1.75
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
8 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
12in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
21in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0
0
0.68
0.68
0
0
0.71
0.71
0
0
0.78
0.78
0
0
0.51
0.51
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/24/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 1.5' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
10ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
31ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.5ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 90ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
9
9
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 6 0 6 6 6 6 0 6 0 6 4 4 0 6 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 9 8 8 8 8 9 7 9 7 9 7 7 8 9 8 8 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.59 0.29 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.59 0.29 0.59 0.29 0.59 0.34 0.34 ...
in
2
=
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 3.02 3.88 1.29 9.23 1.85 2.61 4.63 1.7 4.05 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.29 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.92 5.03 1.68 11.97 2.4 3.39 6.01 2.2 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.68 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.04 3.75 1.31 5.34 1.56 2.66 4.46 1.59 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.31 =
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
2.71
2.71
3.48
"Rating Factor"
1.29
1.68
1.31
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
78.47
"Location (see below)"
2
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
3.16
3.16
3.91
"Rating Factor"
1.31
1.7
1.37
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
82.33
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"Weight(tons)"
"NA"
"Rating Factor"
1.29
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
2
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
1ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
1ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
5.83ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
10.67ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
10.67ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/24/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD7WEST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Wmin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 2' fill" = newProject "Triple 10 x 3 under 2' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "Three Cell 30.8 deg" =
newComment "Three Cell 30.8 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
10ft = newW
c
10ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
3ft = newH
c
3 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
12in = newT
t
12in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
12in = newT
b
12in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
10in = newT
w
10 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
10in = newT
i
10 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
41ft = newL
c
41ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 3 = newNoOfCells 3 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 3ft = newDepth 3 ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
left extension
:=
Extension 1 =
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
24 in :=
H
hw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
XX in :=
newB
hw.left
12 in :=
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
30.8 deg
30.8 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 2ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
5ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
59.2 deg
120.8 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
5
5
=

i
deg
59.2
120.8
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
0
1
= L
ww.default
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
18.43
18.43
9.44
9.44
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
5
5
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
12
12
=
H
end
i
ft
5
5
=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 2' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
10ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
41ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 3ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 90ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
9.44 1.97 22.89 0.46 18.96 9.48 1.97 16.77 0.22 13.37
6.42 10.31 9.11 3.52 0 2.03 0 -6.02 0 0
2.04 0 0 0 0 6.36 10.31 10.93 3.76 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
5.59 0.79 14.16 0 10.06 5.65 0.79 9.67 0 8.26
4.11 1.64 5.82 0.78 0 1.03 0 1.54 0 0
1.16 0 0 0 0 4.07 1.64 7.13 3.11 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
0
= iw
0
=
left
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
10ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
10in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness
T
w
10in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 2ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
43.7 23.57 74.27 81.44 44.87 ( ) = Service
hw
26.37 14.87 45.49 48.47 27.05 ( ) =
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
43.7 23.57 67.72 77.85 44.87 ( ) = Service
hw
26.37 14.87 41.36 46.33 27.05 ( ) =
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 2' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
10ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
41ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 3ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 90ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
8 in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
6 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
8
8
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
8 in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
7 in :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 2' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
12 in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
24 in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
6 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.22 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0.36 ( ) = CheckCracking
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
0
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
30.8
30.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
7 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
7
7
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.42 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0.31 ( ) =
CheckV
int.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 2' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
0
1
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

59.2
120.8
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
0
1
=
R
t
i
in
8
8
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
1.75
1.75
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
8 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
8 in
8 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12 in
12 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
21 in
21 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
10 in
10 in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
12in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
21in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0.68
0.68
0.71
0.71
0.78
0.78
0.51
0.51
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD7\CD7Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Project "Triple 10 x 3 under 2' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
10ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
41ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 3 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 3ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 90ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD7.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
8
8
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
8
8
8
8
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
7
7
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 6 0 6 6 6 6 0 6 0 6 4 4 0 6 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 8 7 8 7 7 8 8 8 8 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.66 0.29 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.66 0.29 0.66 0.29 0.66 0.34 0.34 ...
in
2
=
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 3.4 4.03 1.27 9.56 1.85 2.92 4.84 1.88 4.27 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.27 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.41 5.23 1.65 12.39 2.39 3.78 6.27 2.44 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.65 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.41 3.91 1.28 5.58 1.55 2.96 4.68 1.76 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.28 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
2.29
2.29
2.94
"Rating Factor"
1.27
1.65
1.28
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
76.89
"Location (see below)"
2
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
2.63
2.63
3.27
"Rating Factor"
1.54
1.99
1.6
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
96.27
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"Weight(tons)"
"NA"
"Rating Factor"
1.27
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
2
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
1ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
1ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
5.83ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
10.67ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
10.67ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD9EAST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Emin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" = newProject "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "One Cell 0 deg" =
newComment "One Cell 0 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
8ft = newW
c
8 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
12in = newT
t
12in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
12in = newT
b
12in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
8 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
8 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
12ft = newL
c
12ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells 1 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 2.25ft = newDepth 2.25ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
right extension
:=
Extension 2 =
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
XX in :=
H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
24in :=
newB
hw.left
XX in :=
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
12 in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
0 deg
0 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1.25ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
6ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
90 deg
90 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
6
6
=

i
deg
90
90
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
2
3
= L
ww.default
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
0
0
18.43
18.43
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
14
=
H
end
i
ft
6
6
=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
12ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
4.78 -0.29 4.78 -0.29 20.9 4.26
8.42 0.81 8.42 0.81 0 2.29
0.5 0 0.5 0 0 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
2.53 0 2.53 0 10.73 2.24
4.58 1.32 4.58 1.32 0 1.47
0.22 0 0.22 0 0 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
1
= iw
1
=
left
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
8ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1.25ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
0
33.79
0
18.97
0
1.92 10
14

0
63.16
0
33.79
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
19.88
0
11.41
0
1.11 10
14

0
37.33
0
19.88
|

\
|
|
.
=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
0
33.79
0
18.97
0
4.22
0
59.92
0
33.79
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
19.88
0
11.41
0
2.54
0
35.42
0
19.88
|

\
|
|
.
=
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
12ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
10in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
6 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
12in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
XX in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
12 in :=
B
cw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
XX in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
24 in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
5 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.00
0.14
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0
0.04
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
1
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
6 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.00
0.43
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
int.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Emin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
2
3
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

0
0
90
90
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
1 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
2
3
=
R
t
i
in
12
12
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
3
3
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
8 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
12in
12in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12 in
12 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
36in
36in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
10 in
10 in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
12in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
21in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0
0
0.83
0.83
0
0
0.92
0.92
0
0
0.72
0.72
0
0
0.63
0.63
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
12ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 6 0 6 6 6 6 0 6 0 6 4 4 0 6 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 12 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.44 0.18 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.3 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.31 4.37 "NA" 3.49 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.31 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 6.87 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.69 5.68 "NA" 4.53 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.69 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.58 38.79 "NA" "NA" 1.07 3.7 25.1 3.67 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.07 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
3.65
3.65
5.76
"Rating Factor"
1.31
1.69
1.07
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
64.35
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
4.83
4.83
7.1
"Rating Factor"
1.54
1.99
1.35
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
81.23
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
64.35
"Rating Factor"
1.07
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
4
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
4.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
8.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
8.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD9WEST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Wmin\ReadData.x
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" = newProject "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "One Cell, 0 deg" =
newComment "One Cell, 0 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
8ft = newW
c
8 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
12in = newT
t
12in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
12in = newT
b
12in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
8 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
8 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
12ft = newL
c
12ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells 1 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 2.25ft = newDepth 2.25ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
left extension
:=
Extension 1 =
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
24 in :=
H
hw
24
24
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
XX in :=
newB
hw.left
12 in :=
B
hw
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
0 deg
0 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1.25ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
6ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
90 deg
90 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
6
6
=

i
deg
90
90
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
0
1
= L
ww.default
14
14
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
18.43
18.43
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
14
=
H
end
i
ft
6
6
=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
12ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
4.78 -0.29 4.78 -0.29 20.9 4.26
8.42 0.81 8.42 0.81 0 2.29
0.5 0 0.5 0 0 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
2.53 0 2.53 0 10.73 2.24
4.58 1.32 4.58 1.32 0 1.47
0.22 0 0.22 0 0 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
0
= iw
0
=
left
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
8ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1.25ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
33.79 18.97 1.92 10
14
63.16 33.79
( )
= Service
hw
19.88 11.41 1.11 10
14
37.33 19.88
( )
=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
33.79 18.97 4.22 59.92 33.79 ( ) = Service
hw
19.88 11.41 2.54 35.42 19.88 ( ) =
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
12ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
10in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
6 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
12in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" = f
ile
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
12 in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
24 in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
5 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.14 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0.04 ( ) = CheckCracking
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
0
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
6 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.43 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0 ( ) =
CheckV
int.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Wmin\ReadData.x
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
3000
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
0
1
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

90
90
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
14
14
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
1 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
0
1
=
R
t
i
in
12
12
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
3
3
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
8 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
12in
12in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12 in
12 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
36in
36in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
10 in
10 in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
12in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
21in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
14
14
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0.83
0.83
0.92
0.92
0.72
0.72
0.63
0.63
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD9\CD9Wmin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
12ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
45000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
3000ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD9.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 6 0 6 6 6 6 0 6 0 6 4 4 0 6 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 12 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.44 0.18 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.3 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.31 4.37 "NA" 3.49 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.31 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 6.87 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.69 5.68 "NA" 4.53 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.69 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.58 38.79 "NA" "NA" 1.07 3.7 25.1 3.67 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.07 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
3.65
3.65
5.76
"Rating Factor"
1.31
1.69
1.07
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
64.35
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
4.83
4.83
7.1
"Rating Factor"
1.54
1.99
1.35
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
81.23
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
64.35
"Rating Factor"
1.07
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
4
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
4.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
8.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
8.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD10EAST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Emin\ReadData
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" = newProject "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "One Cell, 31.8 deg" =
newComment "One Cell, 31.8 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
8ft = newW
c
8 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
12in = newT
t
12in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
12in = newT
b
12in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
8 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
8 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
30ft = newL
c
30ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells 1 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 2.25ft = newDepth 2.25ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
right extension
:=
Extension 2 =
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
XX in :=
H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
24in :=
newB
hw.left
XX in :=
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
12 in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
31.8 deg
31.8 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1.25ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
6ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
121.8 deg
58.2 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
6
6
=

i
deg
121.8
58.2
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
2
3
= L
ww.default
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
9.71
9.71
18.43
18.43
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
14
=
H
end
i
ft
6
6
=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Emin\ReadDa
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
30ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
4500ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
4.79 -0.29 4.79 -0.29 20.89 4.27
8.42 0.81 8.42 0.81 0 2.3
0.51 0 0.51 0 0 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
2.54 0 2.54 0 10.72 2.25
4.58 1.32 4.58 1.32 0 1.48
0.23 0 0.23 0 0 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
1
= iw
1
=
left
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
8ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1.25ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
0
37.48
0
24.99
0
1.97 10
14

0
78.42
0
37.6
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
22.26
0
15.12
0
1.15 10
14

0
46.84
0
22.32
|

\
|
|
.
=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
0
37.48
0
24.99
0
5.55
0
75
0
37.6
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
22.26
0
15.12
0
3.36
0
44.8
0
22.32
|

\
|
|
.
=
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
30ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
10in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
6 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
12in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" = file
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
XX in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
12 in :=
B
cw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
XX in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
24 in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
5 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.00
0.39
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0
0.11
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
1
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
7 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
0
0
7
7
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.00
0.40
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
int.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Emin\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
2
3
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

0
0
121.8
58.2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
1 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
2
3
=
R
t
i
in
9
9
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
2.75
2.75
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
8 in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
9 in
9 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12 in
12 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
33in
33in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
10 in
10 in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
12in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
21in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0
0
0.73
0.73
0
0
0.74
0.74
0
0
0.55
0.55
0
0
0.49
0.49
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Emin\ReadDa
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
30ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
4500ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 6 0 6 6 6 6 0 6 0 6 4 4 0 6 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 12 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.44 0.18 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.29 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.31 4.36 "NA" 3.54 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.31 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 6.86 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.69 5.66 "NA" 4.6 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.69 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.57 39.37 "NA" "NA" 1.07 3.69 25.48 3.71 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.07 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
3.65
3.65
5.76
"Rating Factor"
1.31
1.69
1.07
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
64.39
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
4.83
4.83
7.1
"Rating Factor"
1.54
1.99
1.35
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
81.23
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
64.39
"Rating Factor"
1.07
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
4
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
4.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
8.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
8.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD10WEST
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Wmin\ReadDat
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" = newProject "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "One Cell, 31.8 deg" =
newComment "One Cell, 31.8 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
8ft = newW
c
8 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
4ft = newH
c
4 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
12in = newT
t
12in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
12in = newT
b
12in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in = newT
w
8 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in = newT
i
8 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
36ft = newL
c
36ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells 1 :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 2.25ft = newDepth 2.25ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
left extension
:=
Extension 1 =
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
24 in :=
H
hw
24
24
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
XX in :=
newB
hw.left
12 in :=
B
hw
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
XX in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
31.8 deg
31.8 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 1.25ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
3
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
6ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
58.2 deg
121.8 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
6
6
=

i
deg
58.2
121.8
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
0
1
= L
ww.default
14
14
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
18.43
18.43
9.71
9.71
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
14
=
H
end
i
ft
6
6
=
i
0
1
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Wmin\ReadD
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
36ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
4500ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
4.79 -0.29 4.79 -0.29 20.89 4.27
8.42 0.81 8.42 0.81 0 2.3
0.51 0 0.51 0 0 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
1
2
2.54 0 2.54 0 10.72 2.25
4.58 1.32 4.58 1.32 0 1.48
0.23 0 0.23 0 0 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Desi gn parameters
iw
0
= iw
0
=
left
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
8ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
8 in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 1.25ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
37.48 24.99 1.97 10
14
78.42 37.6
( )
= Service
hw
22.26 15.12 1.15 10
14
46.84 22.32
( )
=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
37.48 24.99 5.55 75 37.6 ( ) = Service
hw
22.26 15.12 3.36 44.8 22.32 ( ) =
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Wmin\ReadDat
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
36ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
10in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
6 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
12in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" = file
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Wmin\ReadDat
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
0
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
12 in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
XX in :=
B
cw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
24 in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
XX in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
5 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
5
5
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.39 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0.11 ( ) = CheckCracking
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
0
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
31.8
31.8
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
24
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
12
1 10
5

\
|
|
.
in =
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
7 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
7
7
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
2
2
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
4
0
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
12
0
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.40 ( ) = CheckCracking
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0 ( ) =
CheckV
int.support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
"ok"
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Wmin\ReadDat
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
0
1
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

58.2
121.8
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
14
14
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
1 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
0
1
=
R
t
i
in
9
9
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
2.75
2.75
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
18.43
18.43
=
newR
t
XX in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
9 in
9 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12 in
12 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
33in
33in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
10 in
10 in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
XX in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
14
14
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
6
6
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0.73
0.73
0.74
0.74
0.55
0.55
0.49
0.49
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
4
4
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
12
12
0
0
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD10\CD10Wmin\ReadD
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Project "8 x 4 under 1.25' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
8ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
4ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
8 in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
8 in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
36ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 1 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 2.25ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 32ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
4500ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD10.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 6 0 6 6 6 6 0 6 0 6 4 4 0 6 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 12 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 10 12 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.44 0.18 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.17 0.44 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 5.29 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.31 4.36 "NA" 3.54 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93:
min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.31 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 6.86 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.69 5.66 "NA" 4.6 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93:
min RF
design.operating
( ) 1.69 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.57 39.37 "NA" "NA" 1.07 3.69 25.48 3.71 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.07 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
3.65
3.65
5.76
"Rating Factor"
1.31
1.69
1.07
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
64.39
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
4.83
4.83
7.1
"Rating Factor"
1.54
1.99
1.35
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
81.23
"Location (see below)"
18
18
18
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
64.39
"Rating Factor"
1.07
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
4
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
0.83ft =
locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
0.83ft =
locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
4.67ft =
locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
8.5ft =
locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
8.5ft =
locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

CULVERTCD12
Box Cul vert Anal ysi s Program
Dimensions and Material Properties
2002 Fl ori da Department of Transportati on
This program uses design values from the CurrentDataFilein use. It is generally not necessary to save the modified Mathcad
worksheet since all the design values are saved in the CurrentDataFile.
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD12\CD12min\ReadData.
data file currently in use:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
(verify your intended file)
Only change new values. Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9) twice to save/view new values..
If current data values are correct, leave XX ( ) in the newData field.
Project "9x3 under 2.75' fill" = newProject "9x3 under 2.75' fill" :=
DesignedBy "RR" = newDesignedBy "RR" :=
CheckedBy "GJ S" = newCheckedBy "GJ S" :=
Comment "One Cell, 29 deg" =
newComment "One Cell, 29 deg" :=
Design Parameters
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Geometry and Box Dimensions to enter and/or change data values, change XX dimension values to the desired values
opening width of cell
W
c
9ft = newW
c
9 ft :=
opening height of cell
H
c
3ft = newH
c
3 ft :=
top slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
t
12in = newT
t
XX in :=
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
b
12in = newT
b
XX in :=
exterior wall
thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
w
10in = newT
w
10 in :=
interior wall thickness,
(8 inch min.)
T
i
10in = newT
i
10 in :=
length of culvert
along centerline
L
c
38ft = newL
c
38 ft :=
number of cells
NoOfCells 1 = newNoOfCells XX :=
water head at top
of box opening
(typically = 0.0)
distance from top
of opening to surface
Depth 3.75ft = newDepth 3.75 ft := Head 0ft = newHead XX ft :=
extension type
0- new box (no extension)
1- left extension
2- right extension
extension notes:
1.Two feet is added automatically to the length
of culvert and corresponding rebar lengths for
splicing to existing culvert per Index No. 289
2. When switching extension types, extension-
specific variables require new user inputs
(e.g. H
start
, H
end
, & L
ww
)
newExtension
right extension
:=
Extension 2 =
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 1
index for number of headwalls
Change all Group values
(color) and/ or change
individual values (white).
(Use Math - Calculate
Worksheet to update)
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Left & right
Headwall
height
(headwall exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is
beyond the intent of this program)
newH
hw.left
XX in :=
H
hw
1 10
5

36
|

\
|
|
.
in = newH
hw
XX in :=
newH
hw.right
36 in :=
newB
hw.left
XX in :=
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = newB
hw
XX in :=
newB
hw.right
12 in :=
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
box end skew (enter zero if
opposite end of extension)
left
Skew
box
29
29
|

\
|
|
.
deg = newSkew
box
29 deg
29 deg
|

\
|
|
.
:=
right
depth of soil
above top slab
SoilHeight if newDepth XX ft = Depth , newDepth , ( ) if newT
t
XX in = T
t
, newT
t
, ( ) := SoilHeight 2.75ft =
Wingwall Geometry
ibeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 2 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 3 , 1 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 2
Notes:
Box skew angles measured from square, counterclockwise positive. Wingwall angles measured from box wall to wingwall.
(allowable range for is 45 to 225 degrees). EmbankmentSlopeis the slope of the soil below the top of the wingwall and used
to calculate the wingwall length. SideSlopeis the slope of the soil that goes downward perpendicular to the top of the
headwall. If there are two headwalls and they are not parallel, default
sideslope
has to be overridden using
user
.
rise
run
rise
run
EmbankmentSlope
1
2
:= SideSlope
1
6
:=
H
start.default
max H
hw
( ) if newH
c
XX ft = ( ) H
c
, newH
c
,

+ := H
start.default
6ft =
Change all values
Program current values Change individual wingwall values
newH
start
i
XX ft :=
newH
start.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= new
ww
i
61 deg
119 deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
H
start
i
ft
6
6
=

i
deg
61
119
= new
i
XX deg :=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use
default values (right click -
Enable Eval.)
newH
start
i
H
start.default
:=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 3
Default *Wingwall Length:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
i
2
3
= L
ww.default
0
0
51
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

sideslope
4.59
4.59
9.46
9.46
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg =
Default *Wingwall End Height:
*assumes roadway CL is
parallel to headwalls
H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end.default
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
Change all values
Program current values
Change individual wingwall values
newL
ww
i
XX ft :=
newH
end
i
XX ft :=
newL
w.ww
i
14 ft
14 ft
XX ft
XX ft
:= newH
end.ww
i
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
XX ft
:=
user
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
L
ww
i
ft
14
14
=
H
end
i
ft
6
6
=
i
2
3
=
Enable the following to use *default
values (right click - Enable Eval.):
newL
ww
i
L
ww.default
i
:=
newH
end
i
H
end.default
i
:=
*Default value assumes roadway
CL is parallel to headwalls
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin
Soil Properties
density of soil

soil
120
lbf
ft
3
= new
soil
120
lbf
ft
3
:=
soil friction angle
30deg = new 30 deg :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing
pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied
by factor of safety
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= newk
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
:= q
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
= newq
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
:=
1 - slightly aggressive
2 - moderately aggressive
3 - extremely aggressive
Material Properties
Environmental Class
Env 2 = newEnv XX :=
n
mod
9 = newn
mod
XX :=
density of concrete

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= new
conc
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
modular
ratio
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 4
reinforcing strength
F
y
60ksi = newF
y
XX ksi :=
density of water

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
= new
w
XX
lbf
ft
3
:=
concrete strength
preset for FDOT work
f
c.fdot
if Env 1 s 3.4ksi , 5.5ksi , ( ) := f
c.fdot
5.5ksi = f
c
5.5ksi = newf
c
f
c.fdot
:=
Concrete
Modulus of Elasticity
(based on strength as
given in the Structures
Design Guidelines)
enter " 0"for Standard Aggregate or
"1"for Florida Aggregate
AggFactor 1 :=
E
fdot
if AggFactor 1 = 0.91820 , 1820 , ( )
f
c.fdot
ksi
ksi :=
E
fdot
3841.45 ksi = E 3841ksi = newE E
fdot
:=
Construction Vehicle Load (optional)
Applies wheel load assuming no soil cover.
construction wheel loads 1, 2, and 3:
spacing between axles 1 and 2 & axles 2 and 3:
ConWheel1 0 kip = newConWheel1 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing1 XX ft :=
ConWheel2 0 kip = newConWheel2 XX kip :=
ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft = newConAxleSpacing2 XX ft :=
ConWheel3 0 kip = newConWheel3 XX kip :=
Headwall Loads
Additional dead load if a barrier is located on top of the
headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
= newBarrierDL
hw
XX
kip
ft
:=
Set whether a line of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. (1 = considered, 0 = not considered)
ConsiderLL
hw
1 = newConsiderLL
hw
XX :=
enter " 0"for not considered or " 1"for
considered
end of data entry
Write Box Design Data to NewDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
assign the data read in to the data to be read out, then
change only the new values using the fSwitchDatafunction:
DataOut DataIn :=
9/25/2012 1Properties&Dimensions.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD12\CD12min\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Project "9x3 under 2.75' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box & Headwall Load Cases
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Generate Loads- Instructions:
1. 'Calculate Worksheet (CTRL+F9)' to generate loads for the following worksheets
(Repeat process if changes are made to Worksheet 1).
2. Close this worksheet without saving and proceed to the following worksheet.
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right
margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic font
Design Parameters
Geometry and box di mensi ons from
CurrentDataFi l e
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
38ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 3.75ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyses a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 27ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
4500ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 1
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
Constructi on vehi cl e l oads (opti onal )
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
axle spacing between
Wheels 1 and 2
axle spacing between
Wheels 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
Headwal l Loads ConsiderLL
hw
1 = BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
Box Culvert Design:
Section 1 - Box Loads, 75 pages
Strength
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
8.82 -0.79 8.82 -0.79 17.2 9.13 -0.79 10.39 -1.39 11.38
9.5 0.92 9.5 0.92 0 1.03 0 -0.81 0 0
0.73 0 0.73 0 0 9.5 0.92 12.31 1.11 ...
=
Service
box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
1
2
5.34 0 5.34 0 9.91 5.68 0 6.62 0 7.22
6.89 0.74 6.89 0.74 0 0.32 0 -1.44 0 0
0.22 0 0.22 0 0 6.89 0.74 7.76 1.24 ...
=
Wri te box l oad data to DataOut vari abl e
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:=
Headwall Design 1999 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the headwall. If significant
horizontal loads are anticipated, supplemental calculations are required.
Design Headwall
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 2
Note: AASHTO section
references are shown
at right margin in
bold-italic font.
SkewDiagram Tributary Area
for headwall design
is defined in this file
nc NoOfCells :=
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) := iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) := iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for walls
Desi gn parameters
iw
1
= iw
1
=
left
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
hw
1 10
5

36
|

\
|
|
.
in = Skew
29
29
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right
Additional dead load if a barrier
is located on top of the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line of truck wheels is considered as
a loading. A 1 value means it is considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
ic 0 nc 1 ( ) .. :=
index for cells
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
f
c
5.5ksi =
W
c
9ft =
opening
width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening
height of cell
T
i
10in =
interior wall
thickness
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness
T
w
10in =
exterior wall
thickness
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1 is slightly
aggressive
2 is moderate
3 is extreme
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus
of elasticity
120
lbf
ft
3
=
soil density
SoilHeight 2.75ft =
soil height above
top slab

w
62.4
lbf
ft
3
=
weight of water
ratio of steel and
concrete modulus
of elasticity
n
mod
9 =

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
concrete unit weight
F
y
60ksi =
Cal cul ate l oad combi nati ons
Strength
Strength
hw
1.25Force
sw
1.35Force
ew
+ 1.75 Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.75 Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 3
Servi ce
Service
hw
1.0Force
sw
1.0Force
ew
+ 1.0Force
ll
ConsiderLL
hw
+ 1.0Force
lane
ConsiderLL
hw
+ :=
Due to the difference in the center-to-center span (model) versus clear span (actual) a reduction in the moment forces
is allowed. For end moments, a reduction of 1/3*Vend*t is used and for midspan moments 1/6*Vend*t is used.
Strength
hw
0
40.24
0
34.2
0
2.58 10
14

0
95.93
0
40.33
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
24.31
0
20.85
0
1.49 10
14

0
58.27
0
24.35
|

\
|
|
.
=
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
Strength
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Strength
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 2 ,
Service
hw
iw 2 ,
1
3
Service
hw
iw 1 ,

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
Strength
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Strength
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:= Service
hw
iw 3 ,
Service
hw
iw 3 ,
1
6
4 Service
hw
iw 3 ,

L
hw
iw 0 ,
|

\
|
|
|
.

T
w
ft
:=
Strength
hw
0
40.24
0
34.2
0
9.5
0
91.19
0
40.33
|

\
|
|
.
= Service
hw
0
24.31
0
20.85
0
5.79
0
55.39
0
24.35
|

\
|
|
.
=
Wri te box and headwal l l oad CurrentDataFi l e CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" = DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
31
L
0
ft
:=
DataOut
85
Strength
box
:= DataOut
86
Service
box
:= DataOut
87
Strength
hw
:= DataOut
88
Service
hw
:=
DataOut
101
BoxForce
trk
:= DataOut
102
BoxForce
ll
:= DataOut
103
BoxForce
dc
:=
DataOut
104
BoxForce
lane
:= DataOut
105
BoxForce
es
:= DataOut
106
BoxForce
ev
:=
DataOut
107
BoxForce
eh
:= DataOut
108
BoxForce
wa
:= DataOut
109
BoxForce
ls
:=
DataOut
112
Haunch
top
in
:= DataOut
113
Haunch
bot
in
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 4
9/25/2012 2Box&HeadwallLoads.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD12\CD12min\ReadData.
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Project "9x3 under 2.75' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Box Reinforcement Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
1. Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
(Ti=Tw for one cell boxs)
L
c
38ft =
length of culvert along centerline
Depth 3.75ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box, no extension.
1 left extension
2 right extension
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Skew
box
29
29
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells :=
HydraulicOpening 27ft
2
=
Soi l Properti es
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
=
modulus of
subgrade reaction
30deg =
soil friction
angle
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 1
Materi al Properti es
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggressive
2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
Env 2 =
concrete
strength
density of
concrete
concrete modulus
of elasticity
reinforcing
strength
f
c
5.5ksi =
conc
150
lbf
ft
3
= E 3841ksi = F
y
60ksi =
Constructi on Vehi cl e Loads (i f requi red)
ConWheel1 0 kip = ConWheel2 0 kip = ConWheel3 0 kip =
construction wheel loads
space between
axles 1 and 2
space between
axles 2 and 3
ConAxleSpacing1 16.4ft = ConAxleSpacing2 16.4ft =
2. Design and Check Main Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
it 0 20 .. :=
index for transverse sections
BarSize
box
it
0 := S
box
it
12in :=
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment analysis
locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Enter box rei nforci ng si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least a #3
bar and spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
Note: Shear generally controls slab and wall
thicknesses and cracking generally controls
reinforcement areas
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group values (color) or change individual Bars (white)
D101(2)
BarSizeD1
01
XX := SD1
01
XX in :=
newBarSize
slabs
6 :=
D102(1,3,4)
BarSizeD1
02
XX := SD1
02
XX in :=
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
newS
slabs
10in := BarSizeD1
03
XX := SD1
03
XX in :=
D104(15)
BarSizeD1
04
XX := SD1
04
XX in :=
newBarSize
corners
6 :=
D105(9,0,5)
BarSizeD1
05
XX := SD1
05
XX in :=
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
10
10
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
newS
corners
10in := BarSizeD1
06
XX := SD1
06
XX in :=
newBarSize
walls
4 := BarSizeD1
07
XX := SD1
07
XX in :=
D107(11)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
BarSizeD1
08
XX := SD1
08
XX in :=
newS
walls
12in :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 2
Section 2 - Box Main Reinforcement, 10 pages
CheckCracking
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckCracking
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckM
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckM
box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
min.box
T
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckAs
min.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckShear
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ...
=
Summary CheckShear
box
( ) "OK" =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
3. Design and Check Box
Longitudinal Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage
requirements, reinforcement spacing should not
exceed 12 inches.
il 0 4 .. :=
index for longitudinal sections
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Box Longi tudi nal Rei nforci ng
Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis Change Bar Group (color) values or change individual Bars (white)
BarSizeD1
09
XX := SD1
09
XX in :=
newBarSize
long
4 := BarSizeD1
10
XX := SD1
10
XX in :=
BarSize
long
4
4
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
long
12
12
12
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
long
12in := BarSizeD1
11
XX := SD1
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
12
XX := SD1
12
XX in :=
BarSizeD1
13
XX := SD1
13
XX in :=
Section 3 - Box Longitudinal Reinforcement, 3 pages
Summary CheckAs
temp.box
( ) "OK" =
CheckAs
temp.box
T
"ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" "ok" ( ) =
Summary CheckAll
box
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" = file
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
32
BarSize
slabs
:= DataOut
33
S
slabs
in
:= DataOut
34
BarSize
walls
:= DataOut
35
S
walls
in
:=
DataOut
36
BarSize
corners
:= DataOut
37
S
corners
in
:= DataOut
38
BarSize
long
:= DataOut
39
S
long
in
:=
DataOut
55
str2vec Summary CheckAll
box
( ) ( ) := DataOut
90
ReinfBox := DataOut
94
As
ft
2
:= DataOut
95
S
box
ft
:=
DataOut
96
BarSize
loc
:=
DataOut
110
d
ft
:= DataOut
111
t
section
ft
:=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 3BoxReinf.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD12\CD12min\ReadData.
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Box Culvert Program:
Cutoff Wall & Headwall Design
Project "9x3 under 2.75' fill" =
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin,
where appropriate, in bold-italic font
b
w
1ft =
This program analyzes a one foot wide cross section
Design Parameters
Geometry and Box Di mensi ons
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness,
(8 inch min.)
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no exten.
1 left extension
2 right extension
Skew
box
29
29
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
Materi al Properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class
1-slightly aggresive
2-moderate
3-extreme
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
n
mod
9 =
modular ratio
iwbeg if Extension 2 = ( ) 0 , 1 , [ ] := iwend if Extension 1 = ( ) 1 , 0 , [ ] :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. :=
index for number of cutoff walls
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 1
4. Design and Check Cutoff Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
left Headwall
Skew
29
29
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
index for number of cutoff walls
iwbeg if Extension 2 = 0 , 1 , ( ) :=
iwend if Extension 1 = 1 , 0 , ( ) :=
iw iwbeg iwend .. := iw
1
=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Di mensi ons
Note: changes in height or width of the Cutoff Wall or Headwall requires a recalculation of the Loads file (2Box&HeadwallLoads.mcd)
Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab. Cutoff walls exceeding 2 feet below the bottom slab is beyond the inten
of this program.
Values currently being used by the program Change Group values (gray) or change individual values (white)
newB
cw.left
XX in :=
Cutoff wall
width &
height
newB
cw
XX in := newB
cw.right
12 in :=
B
cw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in = H
cw
1 10
5

24
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newH
cw
XX in := newH
cw.left
XX in :=
Note: Height of Cutoff Wall includes the thickness of the bottom slab
newH
cw.right
24 in :=
Enter Cutoff Wal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
07
XX := NumD8
07
XX :=
left Cutoff wall, top
left Cutoff wall, bot
right Cutoff wall, top
right Cutoff wall, bot
newBarSize
cw
5 := BarSizeD8
08
XX := NumD8
08
XX :=
BarSize
cw
0
0
5
5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
cw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
cw
2 := BarSizeD8
10
XX := NumD8
10
XX :=
BarSizeD8
11
XX := NumD8
11
XX :=
left Cutoff wall
right Cutoff wall
newStirSize
cw
4 := BarSizeD8
09
XX := SD8
09
XX in :=
StirSize
cw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.cw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.cw
12in := BarSizeD8
12
XX := SD8
12
XX in :=
Section 4 - Cutoff Wall Design, 7 pages
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.cw
0.00
0.37
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
support.cw
0
0.2
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.cw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) "OK" =
5. Design and Check Headwall
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Enter Desi gn Di mensi ons and Parameters
Note: No lateral load analysis is performed on the
headwall. If significant horizontal loads are anticipated,
supplemental calculations are required. Height of
Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab.
Headwalls exceeding 2 feet above the top slab is beyond
the intent of this program.
iw
1
=
left Headwall
Skew
box
29
29
|

\
|
|
.
deg =
right Headwall
Additional dead load if a
barrier is located on top of
the headwall
BarrierDL
hw
0
kip
ft
=
This variable sets whether a line
of truck wheels is considered as a
loading. A 1 value means it is
considered and a 0 means it is not
ConsiderLL
hw
1 =
Note: Height of Headwall includes the thickness of the top slab
Enter Headwal l Di mensi ons
Values currently being used by the program
Headwall
height
H
hw
1 10
5

36
|

\
|
|
.
in =
Left & right
Headwall width
B
hw
1 10
5

12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 3
Enter Headwal l Rei nforci ng
BarSizeD8
01
XX := NumD8
01
XX :=
left Headwall, top
left Headwall, bot
right Headwall, top
right Headwall, bot
newBarSize
hw
7 := BarSizeD8
02
XX := NumD8
02
XX :=
BarSize
hw
0
0
7
7
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Num
hw
0
0
2
2
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
newNum
hw
2 := BarSizeD8
04
XX := NumD8
04
XX :=
BarSizeD8
05
XX := NumD8
05
XX :=
newStirSize
hw
4 := BarSizeD8
03
XX := SD8
03
XX in :=
left Headwall
right Headwall
StirSize
hw
0
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
stirrup.hw
0
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
newS
stirrup.hw
12in := BarSizeD8
06
XX := SD8
06
XX in :=
Section 5 - Headwall Design, 8 pages
Shear generally controls wall size cracking generally controls reinforcement area
CheckV
ext.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= checkCracking
midspan.hw
0.00
0.26
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
checkCracking
support.hw
0
0
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckV
int.support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Moment, minimum steel, and spacing checks
CheckM
midspan.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
bot.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
stirrup.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
CheckM
support.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
= CheckS
top.hw
0
"ok"
|

\
|
|
.
=
Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) "OK" =
Write Box Design Data to CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Assign the data values read in to the ones to be read out, then change only the ones modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
41
B
cw
in
:= DataOut
42
H
cw
in
:= DataOut
43
BarSize
cw
:= DataOut
44
Num
cw
:=
DataOut
45
StirSize
cw
:= DataOut
46
S
stirrup.cw
in
:= DataOut
48
B
hw
in
:=
DataOut
50
BarSize
hw
:= DataOut
51
Num
hw
:=
DataOut
52
StirSize
hw
:= DataOut
53
S
stirrup.hw
in
:= DataOut
56
str2vec Summary CheckAll
cw
( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
57
str2vec Summary CheckAll
hw
( ) ( ) := DataOut
91
ReinfCW := DataOut
92
ReinfHW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 4CutoffwallHeadwall.xmcd v3.2 4
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD12\CD12min\ReadData.
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Project "9x3 under 2.75' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Wingwall Design
DesignedBy "RR" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation CheckedBy "GJ S" =
6. Design and Check Wing Walls
Wi ngwal l Length and Hei ght
ibeg if Extension 2 = 2 , 0 , ( ) :=
iend if Extension 1 = 1 , 3 , ( ) :=
i ibeg iend .. :=
nominal bearing capacity,
this is allowable bearing pressure(typically from
Geotech Engr) multiplied by factor of safety.
q
nom
4500
lbf
ft
2
=
Wi ngwal l angl es, l engths and hei ghts

default
is calculated using the embankment slope value in the Box Cul vert Data.
i
2
3
=
0-left end
1-left begin
2-right end
3-right begin

0
0
61
119
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
deg = L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
This variable indicates if live load surcharge should be
considered. A value of 1 means it is considered and a 0 value
means it is not.
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
0 = newConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
XX :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 1
Enter wal l si zes note: as a general rule, R
h
is usually 3 to 4 times R
t
Note: R
w
must be less than 16 in, LRFD
5.8.3.3-3
i
2
3
=
R
t
i
in
7
7
=
R
w
i
in
12
12
=
R
h
i
ft
2.25
2.25
=
R
d
i
in
10
10
=

i
deg
9.462
9.462
=
newR
t
XX in :=
Section 6 -
Wingwall Design,
7 pages
newR
t.ww
i
7 in
7 in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
w.ww
i
12in
12in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
h.ww
i
27in
27in
XX in
XX in
:= newR
d.ww
i
XX in
XX in
XX in
XX in
:= new
ww
i
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
XX deg
:=
newR
w
XX in :=
new XX deg :=
newR
h
XX in :=
newR
d
XX in :=
L
ww
0
0
14
14
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
start
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft = H
end
0
0
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
ft =
checkPressure
0
0
0.54
0.54
0
0
0.57
0.57
0
0
0.62
0.62
0
0
0.41
0.41
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckPressure
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckReaction1
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckReaction2
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
7. Design and Check Wing Wall Reinforcing
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
To meet LRFD temperature and shrinkage requirements, wall
reinforcement spacing should not exceed 12 inches.
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 2
Enter Wi ngwal l rei nforci ng Cover
ww
2 in =
Note: Bars D403 & D405 are varies bars based on
Bars D402 & D404 respectively.
BarSizeD4
01
XX := SD4
01
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
vert.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
01
XX := SD5
01
XX in :=
BarSize
vert.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
vert.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
vert.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
01
XX := SD6
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
01
XX := SD7
01
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
04
XX := SD4
04
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
horiz.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
04
XX := SD5
04
XX in :=
BarSize
horiz.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
horiz.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
horiz.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
04
XX := SD6
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
04
XX := SD7
04
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
02
XX := SD4
02
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
temp.stem
4 := BarSizeD5
02
XX := SD5
02
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.stem
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.stem
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.stem
12in := BarSizeD6
02
XX := SD6
02
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
02
XX := SD7
02
XX in :=
note: temp. bars D-06 use bar size
and spacing of bars D-02
Section 7 - Wingwall Reinforcement, 14 pages
Enter footi ng rei nforci ng CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
BarSizeD4
09
XX := SD4
09
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
heel
4 := BarSizeD5
09
XX := SD5
09
XX in :=
BarSize
heel
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
heel
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
heel
12in := BarSizeD6
09
XX := SD6
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
09
XX := SD7
09
XX in :=
BarSizeD4
10
XX := SD4
10
XX in :=
Left begin
Left end
Right begin
Right end
newBarSize
toe
4 := BarSizeD5
10
XX := SD5
10
XX in :=
BarSize
toe
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
toe
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
toe
12in := BarSizeD6
10
XX := SD6
10
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
10
XX := SD7
10
XX in :=
typically, S
toe
=S
vert.stem
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 3
BarSizeD4
11
XX := SD4
11
XX in :=
Left beg
Left end
Rt beg
Rt end
newBarSize
temp.footing
4 := BarSizeD5
11
XX := SD5
11
XX in :=
BarSize
temp.footing
0
0
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
temp.footing
0
0
12
12
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
newS
temp.footing
12in := BarSizeD6
11
XX := SD6
11
XX in :=
BarSizeD7
11
XX := SD7
11
XX in :=
Begin of section 8
CheckCracking
vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckCracking
horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckV
vert.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
horiz.stem
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.temp.vert
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.horiz
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.stem
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.heel
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckCracking
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckM
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckV
toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckAs
min.toe
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
0.00
0.00
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.toe
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
CheckHookDevelopment
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= CheckAs
min.temp.footing
0
0
"ok"
"ok"
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= Summary SumCheckAll
ww
( ) "OK" =
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 4
End of section 8
Write Wingwall Design Data to the CurrentDataFile CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Assign the values read in to the ones to be written out, then change only the variables modified in this file
DataOut DataIn :=
DataOut
61

deg
:= DataOut
65
R
t
in
:= DataOut
66
R
w
in
:= DataOut
67
R
h
in
:=
DataOut
68
R
d
in
:= DataOut
69
BarSize
vert.stem
:= DataOut
70
S
vert.stem
in
:= DataOut
71
BarSize
horiz.stem
:=
DataOut
72
S
horiz.stem
in
:= DataOut
73
BarSize
temp.stem
:= DataOut
74
S
temp.stem
in
:= DataOut
75
BarSize
heel
:=
DataOut
76
S
heel
in
:= DataOut
77
BarSize
toe
:= DataOut
78
S
toe
in
:= DataOut
79
BarSize
temp.footing
:=
DataOut
80
S
temp.footing
in
:= DataOut
81
str2vec Summary2 CheckAll
ww
( ) ( ) := DataOut
82
str2vec Summary TotalCheck ( ) ( ) :=
DataOut
84
ConsiderLLSurcharge
ww
:= DataOut
93
ReinfWW :=
WRITEPRN CurrentDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
WRITEPRN NewDataFile ( ) DataOut :=
9/25/2012 5Wingwall.xmcd v3.2 5
Reference:F:\PROJ ECT\5057093\FileCabinet\C. Design Documentation\C.11 Structural Design\BoxCulverts\New designs\CD12\CD12min\ReadData
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Project "9x3 under 2.75' fill" =
Box Cul vert Program:
Design Load Rating (LRFR)
DesignedBy "RR" =
CheckedBy "GJ S" =
2002 Florida Department of Transportation
Note: AASHTO section references are shown at right margin, where appropriate, in bold-italic
font
Design Parameters Summary:
Geometry and box di mensi ons from 'CurrentDataFi l e'
W
c
9ft =
opening width of cell
H
c
3ft =
opening height of cell
T
t
12in =
top slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
b
12in =
bottom slab thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
i
10in =
interior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
T
w
10in =
exterior wall thickness, (8 inch min.)
L
c
38ft =
length of culvert
along centerline
NoOfCells 1 =
number of cells
Extension 2 =
extension type
0 new box no extension,
1 left extension,
2 right extension
Head 0ft =
water head at top of
box (typically =
0.0)
Depth 3.75ft =
distance from top of
opening to surface
This program analyzes a one
foot wide cross section
HydraulicOpening W
c
H
c
NoOfCells := HydraulicOpening 27ft
2
= b
w
1ft =
Soi l properti es
soil
friction
angle
modulus of
subgrade
reaction
120
lbf
ft
3
=
density of soil
30deg = k
s
100000
lbf
ft
3
= q
nom
4500ft
lbf
ft
3
=
Materi al properti es
Env 2 =
Environmental Class 1-slightly aggresive 2-moderate 3-extreme
n
mod
9 =
modular
ratio
f
c
5.5ksi =
concrete strength preset for FDOT work
E 3841ksi =
concrete modulus of elasticity

conc
150
lbf
ft
3
=
density of concrete
F
y
60ksi =
reinforcing strength
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 1
Main Reinforcing Summary:
CurrentDataFile "\Data Files\CD12.dat" =
Cross Section Notes:
1. Bars shown with the same color are
combined as Bar Groups.
2. Colored numbers indicate moment
analysis locations.
3. Colored numbers in parenthesis indicate
shear analysis locations.
4. Black numbers refer to bar designations.
Rei nforci ng bar si ze and spaci ng
Generally, reinforcement should be at least
a #3 bar and spacing should not exceed 12
inches.
Bar Designation
(section number) Bar Sizes & Spacings used in analysis:
D105(9,0,5)
D101(2)
BarSize
corners
6
6
|

\
|
|
.
= S
corners
10
10
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D106(9,7,13)
D102(1,3,4)
BarSize
slabs
6
6
6
6
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
= S
slabs
10
10
10
10
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
in =
D103(12,14,16)
D107(11)
D104(15)
BarSize
walls
4
4
|

\
|
|
.
= S
walls
12
12
|

\
|
|
.
in =
D108(6,8,10)
As
it
A
s
it
ft
2
:= S
box
Sbox ft :=
Reinforcing Bar Size Per Location:
BarSizeBox
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0 6 0 6 6 6 6 0 6 0 6 4 4 0 6 6 ...
=
Reinforcing Bar Spacing Per Location (in):
S
box
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
0 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 10 12 10 12 12 10 10 10 10 ...
in =
Area of Reinforcing Steel Per Unit Width Per Location (in^2) Note: Unit Width Set to 1ft Default:
As
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
0 0.53 0.23 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.53 0.17 0.53 0.17 0.53 0.2 0.2 ...
in
2
=
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 2
Load Components:
Import Box Load Data (generated i n Worksheet 2)
Force
trk
Force
trk.box
:=
HL-93 design truck
Force
HL93
Force
ll.box
:=
HL-93 design truck or tandem (governing)
Force
lane
Force
lane.box
:=
HL-93 design lane load
Force
eh
Force
eh.box
:=
horizontal earth pressure
Force
ev
Force
ev.box
:=
vertical earth pressure
Force
wa
Force
wa.box
:=
water
Force
es
Force
es.box
:=
earth surcharge
Force
ls
Force
ls.box
:=
live load surcharge
Force
dc
Force
dc.box
:=
self weight (concrete)
Generate FL-120 Permi t Li ve Load
Force
FL120
1.67Force
trk
:=
FL-120 permit load is scalable to HL-93 design truck
Design Load Rating: Strength I (Inventory) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.75Force
ls
+ 1.75Force
HL93
+ 1.75Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (6 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.inventory
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.24 "NA" "NA" "NA" 1.56 3.13 "NA" 2.96 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Inventory), HL-93: min RF
design.inventory
( ) 1.56 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 3
Design Load Rating:Strength I (Operating) Combinations, HL-93:
Strength I-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force
lane
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength I-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength I-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
HL93
+ 1.35Force + :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.operating
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 4.2 "NA" "NA" "NA" 2.02 4.07 "NA" 3.84 ...
=
Design Load Rating Factor for Strength I (Operating), HL-93: min RF
design.operating
( ) 2.02 =
Permit Load Rating: Strength II Combinations, FL-120:
Strength II-A max V, min H
Strength
A
1.25 Force
dc
0.75 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 0.9Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ 1.0Force
wa
+ :=
Strength II-B min V, max H
Strength
B
0.9Force
dc
1.05 1.50 Force
es
+ 0.9Force
ev
+ 1.051.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35 Force
ls
+ :=
Strength II-C max V, max H
Strength
C
1.25Force
dc
1.051.50 Force
es
+ 1.051.30 Force
ev
+ 1.05 1.35 Force
eh
+ 1.35Force
ls
+ 1.35Force
FL120
+ :=
Load Rating Factor Calculations (5 pages):
Governing Load Rating Factor Per Location:
RFdisplay
design.permit
T 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 3.15 113.15 "NA" "NA" 1.4 3.1 80.02 3.21 ...
=
Permit Load Rating Factor for Strength II, FL-120:
min RF
design.permit
( ) 1.4 =
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 4
Load Rating Summary Tables:
Summary Table Calculations (2 pages):
General Load Factors & Wei ght:
LRFR
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
"N/A"
"N/A"
60
"LL"
1.75
1.35
1.35
"DC"
1.25
1.25
1.25
"DW"
1.5
1.5
1.5
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Moment (Strength):
LRFR
moment
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
1.88
1.88
2.72
"Rating Factor"
1.56
2.02
1.4
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
83.74
"Location (see below)"
4
4
4
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
Shear (Strength):
LRFR
shear
"Limit State"
"Str. I (Inv.)"
"Str. I (Op.)"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"HL-93"
"HL-93"
"FL-120"
"LL/(*PL)"
2.06
2.06
3
"Rating Factor"
3.01
3.9
2.68
"Tons"
"NA"
"NA"
160.55
"Location (see below)"
17
17
17
|

\
|
|
|
|
|
.
=
*PL-permanent loads (including water)
Governi ng Rati ng Factor:
Summary
"Limit State"
"Str. II"
"Vehicle"
"FL-120"
"Weight(tons)"
83.74
"Rating Factor"
1.4
"Governing Mode"
"Moment"
"Location (see below)"
4
|

\
|
|
.
=
Di mensi ons X, Y, & Z:
distance along centerline culvert from
outside exterior wall face to...
Dim
X.top
1ft = locations 0, 1, & 17
Dim
X.bot
1ft = locations 12,13 & 19
Dim
Y
5.33ft = locations 4 & 16
Dim
Z.top
9.67ft = locations 2, 3, & 18
Dim
Z.bot
9.67ft = locations 14, 15, & 20
note: Dimensions assume default haunch width
of 2 inches per Index No 289. To change haunch
widths, see Sheet 2.
9/25/2012 7BoxLoadRating.xmcd v3.2 5

You might also like